List of Events
Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version

to   


Friday June 25, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 1
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Hartwell Summer Camp
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Hartwell Summer Camp
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 1)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Glastonbury Hawks
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Skyhawks Track & Field
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:15-10:40 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 1)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
2:30 PM - 5:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 5:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 5:30 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 6:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM    GHS Athletics
 
2:30 PM - 6:30 PM    GHS Athletics
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Reserved
 
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
Saturday June 26, 2021
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM    GHS Athletics
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Glastonbury Farmers Market
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Glastonbury Farmers Market
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
9:00 AM - 9:00 PM    Reserved
 
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Archery L.L. Bean
 
10:00 AM - 5:00 PM    GHS Class of 2020 Celebration
 
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Skate Competition - Beginner Skate Competition
Beginners have limited experience, know basic skills and can ride the ramps without too much difficulty. Advanced Beginners can ride the ramps with ease, perform some airs, grinds and tricks and are beginning to work on aggressive moves. Intermediates can perform aggressive tricks, ollies, kickflips, grabbed airs, and technical grinds. The format of the event will be a JAM session. Skaters will be judged on technicality of tricks, fluidity, speed and style. Helmets are required.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM    South Church
 
2:00 PM - 3:00 PM    Private Event
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
Sunday June 27, 2021
7:00 AM - 10:00 AM    Glastonbury River Runners 5 K Road Race
 
7:00 AM - 6:00 PM    South Church
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
8:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Travel
 
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Connecticut Rivals Baseball
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Archery L.L. Bean
 
10:00 AM - 9:00 PM    Reserved
 
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Connecticut Rivals Baseball
 
11:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
11:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
11:00 AM - 8:30 PM    Hartwell Soccer - Recreation
 
12:20 PM - 4:00 PM    Private Event
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
Monday June 28, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 12:00 PM    South Church
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 1
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Senior Golf League - Senior Summer Golf League
Play 9 Hole's of Golf with other golf enthusiasts 
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Glastonbury Hawks
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Mini Hawk - Session 2
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 1
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Knitting & Crochet Group - Knitting and Crochet
Lessons available for beginners or if you need assistance finishing a project; materials provided to make donated items that get distributed to:Veterans Hospital, Homeless shelters, and many other programs.  
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:15-10:40 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 1,2,3 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Everson Soccer Training
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
5:15 PM - 8:15 PM    3Step Sports, LLC.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 2,3,4 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM    Adult Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Adult Mon./Wed. Levels 1-4 7:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
Tuesday June 29, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    GHS Football
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 1
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Glastonbury Hawks
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Mini Hawk - Session 2
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM    Children's Library Storytime
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 1
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:15-10:40 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center - Teen Center Summer Pass 2021
The Academy Teen Center (ATC) is excited to begin its 19th year! We are located in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street. The staff at the ATC inspires youth to be kind and take time to unwind after a long day of learning and e-learning. A variety of supervised, unstructured adventures await them. The Teen Center is furnished with a game lounge and arts and crafts center. Kids also have opportunities to help with gardening and participate in walking trips downtown. Come be part of the GOOD VIBES TRIBE!During the summer season, enjoy these special activities!June 22: Tie Dye DayJune 24: E .T. Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 1: Moxie Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 8: 13 Going on 30 Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 15: Perks of Being a Wall Flower Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 22: The NeverEnding Story (1984) Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 29: Adventures in babysitting Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. 
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center Summer Hours
 
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Turf Burn Field Hockey
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:15 PM    3Step Sports, LLC.
 
4:00 PM - 8:15 PM    3Step Sports, LLC.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Tues./Thurs. Levels 2,3,4 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GYFA Youth Football Conditioning
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Coed Softball League Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Tues./Thurs. Levels 1,2,3 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pioneer Valley Lacrosse
 
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
Wednesday June 30, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 1
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Glastonbury Hawks
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Mini Hawk - Session 2
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 1
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:15-10:40 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center - Teen Center Summer Pass 2021
The Academy Teen Center (ATC) is excited to begin its 19th year! We are located in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street. The staff at the ATC inspires youth to be kind and take time to unwind after a long day of learning and e-learning. A variety of supervised, unstructured adventures await them. The Teen Center is furnished with a game lounge and arts and crafts center. Kids also have opportunities to help with gardening and participate in walking trips downtown. Come be part of the GOOD VIBES TRIBE!During the summer season, enjoy these special activities!June 22: Tie Dye DayJune 24: E .T. Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 1: Moxie Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 8: 13 Going on 30 Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 15: Perks of Being a Wall Flower Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 22: The NeverEnding Story (1984) Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 29: Adventures in babysitting Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. 
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center Summer Hours
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Reserved
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 1,2,3 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Everson Soccer Training
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Glastonbury Little League
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Men's Softball League
 
5:15 PM - 8:15 PM    3Step Sports, LLC.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 2,3,4 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GSA
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM    Adult Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Adult Mon./Wed. Levels 1-4 7:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
Thursday July 1, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    GHS Football
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 1
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Glastonbury Hawks
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Mini Hawk - Session 2
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 1
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Tots 10:15-10:40 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center - Teen Center Summer Pass 2021
The Academy Teen Center (ATC) is excited to begin its 19th year! We are located in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street. The staff at the ATC inspires youth to be kind and take time to unwind after a long day of learning and e-learning. A variety of supervised, unstructured adventures await them. The Teen Center is furnished with a game lounge and arts and crafts center. Kids also have opportunities to help with gardening and participate in walking trips downtown. Come be part of the GOOD VIBES TRIBE!During the summer season, enjoy these special activities!June 22: Tie Dye DayJune 24: E .T. Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 1: Moxie Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 8: 13 Going on 30 Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 15: Perks of Being a Wall Flower Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 22: The NeverEnding Story (1984) Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 29: Adventures in babysitting Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. 
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center Summer Hours
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Tues./Thurs. Levels 2,3,4 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM    Coed Softball League Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Fighting Plankton Adult Co-Ed Softball
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GYFA Youth Football Conditioning
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Coed Softball League Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Men's Softball League
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Gentle Yoga - Makeup Class
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Gentle Yoga - Makeup Class
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Tues./Thurs. Levels 1,2,3 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM    If Inclement weather Tai Chi will be in the Exercise Room
 
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Friday Night Club
 
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM    Friday Night Club - Summer 2021 - Sweet Frog Walking Trip
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 1
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
Friday July 2, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 1
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 1
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Glastonbury Hawks
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Mini Hawk - Session 2
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 1
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 2)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Reserved
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
Saturday July 3, 2021
7:30 AM - 9:00 PM    Reserved
 
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM    American Red Cross Blood Drive
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Glastonbury Farmers Market
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Glastonbury Farmers Market
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Archery L.L. Bean
 
11:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Private Event
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
Sunday July 4, 2021
7:30 AM - 9:00 PM    Reserved
 
8:00 AM - 10:30 AM    Congregational Church in South Glastonbury
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Archery L.L. Bean
 
11:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
Monday July 5, 2021
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Hartwell Summer Camp
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Senior Golf League - Senior Summer Golf League
Play 9 Hole's of Golf with other golf enthusiasts 
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    TWCE Soccer Camp
 
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Knitting & Crochet Group - Knitting and Crochet
Lessons available for beginners or if you need assistance finishing a project; materials provided to make donated items that get distributed to:Veterans Hospital, Homeless shelters, and many other programs.  
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 1,2,3 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Everson Soccer Training
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 2,3,4 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM    Adult Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Adult Mon./Wed. Levels 1-4 7:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
Tuesday July 6, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    GHS Football
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 2
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Hartwell Summer Camp
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    TWCE Soccer Camp
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Skyhawks Sports & Games - July
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM    Children's Library Storytime
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 2
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM    Senior Center Fitness Programs - Stretchercize w/Chair Yoga
Exercise Programs That Promote Senior Fitness
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center - Teen Center Summer Pass 2021
The Academy Teen Center (ATC) is excited to begin its 19th year! We are located in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street. The staff at the ATC inspires youth to be kind and take time to unwind after a long day of learning and e-learning. A variety of supervised, unstructured adventures await them. The Teen Center is furnished with a game lounge and arts and crafts center. Kids also have opportunities to help with gardening and participate in walking trips downtown. Come be part of the GOOD VIBES TRIBE!During the summer season, enjoy these special activities!June 22: Tie Dye DayJune 24: E .T. Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 1: Moxie Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 8: 13 Going on 30 Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 15: Perks of Being a Wall Flower Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 22: The NeverEnding Story (1984) Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 29: Adventures in babysitting Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. 
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center Summer Hours
 
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Turf Burn Field Hockey
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Tues./Thurs. Levels 2,3,4 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GYFA Youth Football Conditioning
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Coed Softball League Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM    Fitness - Summer Classes - Pilates Plus Strength- In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Plates to Strength Training to Barre and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for a In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Senior Fitness - Information is now available, scroll to bottom of page.  Registration will begin at 8 AM on May 18th. Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. Participants will be sent a link 2-3 days before the class begins.  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.  (Senior Fitness ONLY - links will be available the day after class) In Person Class - Maximum number of participants have been lowered and designated areas will be setup for each person with a minimum of 6 feet between workout areas. Due to current state mandates masks must be worn at all times when inside including during the class. 
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Tues./Thurs. Levels 1,2,3 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
Wednesday July 7, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 2
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Hartwell Summer Camp
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 9:55 AM    Fitness - Summer Classes - Senior Fitness - Wednesdays In Person 9:00 AM
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Plates to Strength Training to Barre and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for a In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Senior Fitness - Information is now available, scroll to bottom of page.  Registration will begin at 8 AM on May 18th. Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. Participants will be sent a link 2-3 days before the class begins.  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.  (Senior Fitness ONLY - links will be available the day after class) In Person Class - Maximum number of participants have been lowered and designated areas will be setup for each person with a minimum of 6 feet between workout areas. Due to current state mandates masks must be worn at all times when inside including during the class. 
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    TWCE Soccer Camp
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Skyhawks Sports & Games - July
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 2
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center - Teen Center Summer Pass 2021
The Academy Teen Center (ATC) is excited to begin its 19th year! We are located in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street. The staff at the ATC inspires youth to be kind and take time to unwind after a long day of learning and e-learning. A variety of supervised, unstructured adventures await them. The Teen Center is furnished with a game lounge and arts and crafts center. Kids also have opportunities to help with gardening and participate in walking trips downtown. Come be part of the GOOD VIBES TRIBE!During the summer season, enjoy these special activities!June 22: Tie Dye DayJune 24: E .T. Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 1: Moxie Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 8: 13 Going on 30 Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 15: Perks of Being a Wall Flower Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 22: The NeverEnding Story (1984) Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 29: Adventures in babysitting Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. 
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center Summer Hours
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
3:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Turf Burn Field Hockey
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 1,2,3 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Everson Soccer Training
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Men's Softball League
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 2,3,4 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Glastonbury Farmers Market
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM    Adult Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Adult Mon./Wed. Levels 1-4 7:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
Thursday July 8, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    GHS Football
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 2
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Hartwell Summer Camp
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Harmony Village Music Together
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    TWCE Soccer Camp
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Skyhawks Sports & Games - July
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 2
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center - Teen Center Summer Pass 2021
The Academy Teen Center (ATC) is excited to begin its 19th year! We are located in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street. The staff at the ATC inspires youth to be kind and take time to unwind after a long day of learning and e-learning. A variety of supervised, unstructured adventures await them. The Teen Center is furnished with a game lounge and arts and crafts center. Kids also have opportunities to help with gardening and participate in walking trips downtown. Come be part of the GOOD VIBES TRIBE!During the summer season, enjoy these special activities!June 22: Tie Dye DayJune 24: E .T. Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 1: Moxie Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 8: 13 Going on 30 Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 15: Perks of Being a Wall Flower Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 22: The NeverEnding Story (1984) Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. July 29: Adventures in babysitting Movie Matinee at 2:30 p.m. 
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Teen Center Summer Hours
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:15 PM    3Step Sports, LLC.
 
4:00 PM - 8:15 PM    3Step Sports, LLC.
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Tues./Thurs. Levels 2,3,4 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 7:30 PM    Coed Softball League Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Fighting Plankton Adult Co-Ed Softball
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GYFA Youth Football Conditioning
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Coed Softball League Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Men's Softball League
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Fitness - Summer Classes - Gentle Yoga- Thursdays In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Plates to Strength Training to Barre and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for a In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Senior Fitness - Information is now available, scroll to bottom of page.  Registration will begin at 8 AM on May 18th. Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. Participants will be sent a link 2-3 days before the class begins.  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.  (Senior Fitness ONLY - links will be available the day after class) In Person Class - Maximum number of participants have been lowered and designated areas will be setup for each person with a minimum of 6 feet between workout areas. Due to current state mandates masks must be worn at all times when inside including during the class. 
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Tues./Thurs. Levels 1,2,3 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
6:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Friday Night Club
 
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM    Friday Night Club - Summer 2021 - Mini Golf @ Academy
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
Friday July 9, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 2
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    TWCE Soccer Camp
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Skyhawks Sports & Games - July
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 2
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:00 AM - 10:55 AM    Fitness - Summer Classes - Senior Fitness - Friday In Person
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Plates to Strength Training to Barre and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for a In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Senior Fitness - Information is now available, scroll to bottom of page.  Registration will begin at 8 AM on May 18th. Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. Participants will be sent a link 2-3 days before the class begins.  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.  (Senior Fitness ONLY - links will be available the day after class) In Person Class - Maximum number of participants have been lowered and designated areas will be setup for each person with a minimum of 6 feet between workout areas. Due to current state mandates masks must be worn at all times when inside including during the class. 
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
11:00 AM - 4:30 PM    Reserved
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 3)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:00 PM - 11:00 PM    Private Event
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
Saturday July 10, 2021
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Open Doors Outdoors Parking for POC
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Glastonbury Farmers Market
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Glastonbury Farmers Market
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Archery L.L. Bean
 
12:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Reserved
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
3:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Private Event
 
4:30 PM - 8:30 PM    Northeast Bulls
 
5:00 PM - 11:00 PM    Private Event
 
Sunday July 11, 2021
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Private Event
 
8:00 AM - 10:30 AM    Congregational Church in South Glastonbury
 
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Power of Peace Group 5K Walk
 
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Power of Peace Group 5K Walk
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
9:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GSA
 
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Archery L.L. Bean
 
11:00 AM - 4:00 PM    GLL
 
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Reserved
 
3:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Skate Park Hours of Operation
 
Monday July 12, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 2
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Hartwell Summer Camp
 
8:15 AM - 9:15 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Race Strategy Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:30 AM - 11:55 AM    Music & Arts Camp - Music & Arts Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Buttonball Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:30 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Playground Program - Hopewell Playground - Session 2
Child must have completed kindergarten! Includes sports, games, arts & crafts, special events, and swimming! Meets rain or shine. Supervision is 9:1 child to staff ratio.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Playground Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  We are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:45 AM - 11:45 AM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 3-8/ Xcel Silver & Up (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
8:50 AM - 9:35 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Quick Start (Age 5-7) 8:50 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
9:00 AM - 9:55 AM    Fitness - Summer Classes - Senior Fitness - Mondays In Person 9:00 AM
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Plates to Strength Training to Barre and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for a In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Senior Fitness - Information is now available, scroll to bottom of page.  Registration will begin at 8 AM on May 18th. Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. Participants will be sent a link 2-3 days before the class begins.  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.  (Senior Fitness ONLY - links will be available the day after class) In Person Class - Maximum number of participants have been lowered and designated areas will be setup for each person with a minimum of 6 feet between workout areas. Due to current state mandates masks must be worn at all times when inside including during the class. 
 
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Senior Golf League - Senior Summer Golf League
Play 9 Hole's of Golf with other golf enthusiasts 
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Mini Hawk - Session 3
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Mini Camp - Mini Camp - Session 3
Mini Camp(Child must be age 5 by 1/1/22 NO EXCEPTIONS)Half day program specifically for children eligible to enter kindergarten in the Fall. Not a school readiness program. Activities focus around a weekly theme with crafts, games, stories and special events. Supervision is at an 6:1 child to staff ratio. Meets rain or shine.Registration is limited to 2 sessions per child so that we may accommodate as many children as possible. You may sign up for additional sessions on a space available basis beginning Tuesday, April 6th. Please note, some activities will repeat.Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM    Skyhawks Summer Camps - Flag Football - Ages 7-10
Skyhawks provides a wide variety of fun, safe and positive programs that emphasize critical lessons in sports and life, such as teamwork, respect and sportsmanship.  Our programs are designed to give each child a positive introduction into sports while fostering a lifelong love for an active, healthy lifestyle.  Our patient and knowledgeable staff use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of the sport.  Since 1979 Skyhawks has taught over one million boys and girls life lessons through sports.
 
9:40 AM - 10:25 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 2,3,4 9:40 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Knitting & Crochet Group - Knitting and Crochet
Lessons available for beginners or if you need assistance finishing a project; materials provided to make donated items that get distributed to:Veterans Hospital, Homeless shelters, and many other programs.  
 
10:15 AM - 10:40 AM    Grange Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 10:15-10:40 Grange Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Grange Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
10:15 AM - 11:10 AM    Fitness - Summer Classes - Senior Fitness - Mondays In Person 10:15 AM
Looking to get back in shape or continue your healthy lifestyle?  Glastonbury Parks & Recreation offers a variety of classes from Plates to Strength Training to Barre and more!  Workout in the comfort of your own home with our virtual classes or sign up for a In Person class if you prefer to come to us!Class Descriptions and specific information on each class below.Senior Fitness - Information is now available, scroll to bottom of page.  Registration will begin at 8 AM on May 18th. Virtual Class are held live via ZOOM. Participants will be sent a link 2-3 days before the class begins.  Log on to ZOOM at the day and time of your class to participate in a live class.  (Senior Fitness ONLY - links will be available the day after class) In Person Class - Maximum number of participants have been lowered and designated areas will be setup for each person with a minimum of 6 feet between workout areas. Due to current state mandates masks must be worn at all times when inside including during the class. 
 
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - AM-Levels 1,2,3 10:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM    Addison Pool Swim Lessons - Infant 11:00-11:25 Addison Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at Addison Pool on weekday mornings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance.Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back. Level 0: Age 4 at Addison Pool only. 4 year olds without the parent/guardian.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria: Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills At least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience. Level 2: Fundamentals of Aquatics Students should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support. Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths. Level 4: Stroke Improvement Students should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water. Level 5: Stroke Refinement Students should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness Swimming Students should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Camp After Camp
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Music & Arts Camp - Teen Scene
Music & Arts Camp(Children Entering Grades 3-9 in Fall)Half day camp for children who have an interested in Art, Music, Dance and Drama.  Register for Extended Day to create a full day program.  For additional information on the Music & Arts Camp program including Class Descriptions visit:www.glastonburyct.gov/macamp2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department. We are waiting for these guidelines to be released. Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies. Summer Camp Refund Policy To allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp planning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics: A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
12:15 PM - 3:15 PM    Glastonbury Gymnastics Camp - Gymnastics Camp - Level 2/ Xcel Bronze (Session 4)
Glastonbury Gymnastics ClubCommitted to providing a fun and safe learning experience, we offer individual instruction, recreational and competitive programs and structured classes for ages 3 through high school.About our StaffStaff consists of caring, dedicated and well trained class instructors. Director Kathy Johnson is a USAG Professional Member, with Safety and Meet Director certifications. Team Coaches are USAG members and safety certified. All are First Aid/CPR certified.About our FacilityLocated in the Academy Building, 2143 Main Street, our facility meets all the standards of USA Gymnastics and is outfitted with multiple balance beams, uneven bars, tumble trak trampoline, full spring floor and a large array of creative preschool equipment.
 
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM    Special Events & Programs - Monday Movie - Nomadland
These are dinners, lunches, dances and more held at the Senior Center
 
1:15 PM - 2:00 PM    Gymnastics Camp - Snack Time
 
2:00 PM - 3:30 PM    Special Events & Programs - Senior Outdoor Olympic Games (weather permitting)
These are dinners, lunches, dances and more held at the Senior Center
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
3:30 PM - 7:45 PM    YFS Summer Musical Rehearsals
 
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - (RE) Introduction to Competitive Swimming
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GLL/GAB/GSA
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    GSA
 
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 1,2,3 5:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Everson Soccer Training
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    Adult Softball Make Up Games
 
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM    GLL/GAB
 
5:15 PM - 8:15 PM    3Step Sports, LLC.
 
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM    Child Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Mon./Wed. Levels 2,3,4 6:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM    Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at the Glastonbury High School Pool on weekday evenings. Monday-Friday, the first week; Monday-Thursday the second week of each session. Each class is 25 minutes.Session 1: June 21 - July 1, 2021Session 2: July 6 - July 15, 2021 (no class July 5)Session 3: July 19 - July 29, 2021This year, class sizes will be smaller at the different levels than they have been in the past. because of this, there will be less offerings throughout the season. Please limit your registration to one session/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.Once the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available.All participants arrive and leave in their bathing suits. All participants are to wear mask except when in the water. (Parent/Guardian in the Infant & Tots classes must wear mask while in the water) While is class, Instructors will wear mask and keep the students as close to 6 foot distance as possible.Pool deck observers (parent/guardian) are discouraged , but if necessary please try to adhere to one per student.  Must wear mask and maintain 6 foot distance. Infant/Toddler: Ages 6 moths-3 years with a parent/guardian in the waterTots: Ages 3 and 4 years with parents; parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back.Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
 
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM    Adult Tennis Lessons-Summer - PM-Adult Mon./Wed. Levels 1-4 7:00 p.m. Session 1
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.Face mask must be worn upon arrival to the courts, but may be taken off during instruction time. Protocols may be adjusted/changed based on DECD Sector Rules guidelines. Information in this regard will be sent prior to the start of class.
 
Tuesday July 13, 2021
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training)
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
7:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Glastonbury Family YMCA
 
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    GHS Football
 
7:30 AM - 5:00 PM    Camp Discovery - Camp Discovery - Session 2
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swimming, water play and special events. This is not a drop in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.2021 Camp Format & COVIDAll Glastonbury Parks & Recreation camps will follow COVID-19 guidelines set by the CT State and the Glastonbury Health Department.  We are waiting for these guidelines to be released.  Program content & guidelines are subject to change based on updated recommendation by these agencies.  Camp Format - We are planning on smaller group sizes with each group having their own space and no crossing of groups.  Programs instructors will social distantly visit with groups to run activities, we are hoping to have groups take weekly trips to the pool and bringing in entertainment or special events weekly.  At this time we are not sure if field trips will be possible. Summer Camp Refund PolicyTo allow for flexibility and provide ample time for camp panning, the following refund policy will be in effect for 2021 for all camps and clinics:A full refund will be processed if the request is received at least two full weeks prior to the start of camp. Camps are non-refundable within 13 days of the program start.
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Swim Team Practice Programs - Summer Practice Group
The Parks and Recreation Swim Team coaches are excited to welcome new and returning members of the Glastonbury Swim Family back to the pool!  Four separate programming options are available. These 7-week programs are  structured as an opportunity to get competitive swimmers back in the water to start their conditioning and also an opportunity for those who have already been practicing to hone their skills and develop new strategies to take their swimming to the next level.  Regardless of the practice group you choose, your swimmer will come away from this program with the confidence, skill, and passion necessary for a successful swimming career!All programs will start June 21 and run through August 6. (No practice July 5)1. USRPT (Ultra-Short Race-Pace Training) Practice Group: 7:00 - 8:00 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience (who are currently practicing on a regular basis with an established team).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous, HIGH-INTENSITY practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be speed-driven and are not intended to build endurance in the sport; this should already be established.  No meets - practice only.  For more information on USRPT and to help determine if this is the correct program for you, take a look at this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qyh4A7BUibA2. Race Strategy Practice Group:  8:15-9:15 AM, M-F, Addison Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 12 and up with a mandatory 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience.  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Practices will be geared towards developing a game plan for specific events focusing on race strategy such as: pacing, using underwater to your advantage, “second half” swimming, etc. No meets - practice only.3. Summer Practice Group: 8:00 - 9:00 AM, M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 10 and up with a recommended 2-3 years of competitive swimming experience).  Swimmers are expected to be able to complete 1.25 hours of continuous practice with minimal breaks and be able to tread water 60 seconds.  Focus will be primarily on establishing and maintaining a steady endurance level throughout the 7-week season. Those who have been conditioning and exercising regularly are strongly urged to register for this group.  No meets - practice only.4. (RE)Introduction to Competitive Swimming: 4:00-5:00 p.m. M-F, GHS Pool ONLY(Open to individuals ages 7-12 (age range flexible on a case-by-case basis) with little-to-no competitive swimming experience).  A technique-based program for those who are looking for an introduction to competitive swimming (or re-introduction if 2019/2020 was the first experience with swim team).  Emphasis will be placed on proper stroke technique and turn execution with ample time spent out of the water for instruction.  Some endurance-based aspects will be included later on in the season. Practices will begin or end with 15 minutes of dryland training to emphasize the importance of stretching and help encourage muscle development. It is recommended that participants have completed up to level 4 of the American Red Cross Learn-to-Swim program or equivalent.  Swimmers should be able to maintain a 1-hour, moderate-level workout in a 25-yard pool and tread water for 30 seconds. No meets - practice only.  Provided participants attend a majority of the practices, completion of this program will excuse participants from the required pre-season screening for the fall program.
 
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Hartwell Summer Camp